A UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE PUBLICATION tV*""**. X <4^ / INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS 19711975 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration ***•*«.« •*""* •a This is section 1 of 2 sections o INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS 1971-1975 A statistical summary of manufacturing firms' locational preferences for 1971-1975, as reported in a special survey conducted by the U.S. Bureau of the Census for the Economic Development Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce. Prepared under the direction of Joseph G. Hamrick, Deputy Assistant Secretary for Economic Development Planning February 1973 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Frederick B. Dent, Secretary William W. Blunt, Jr. Acting Assistant Secretary for Economic Development FOREWORD This publication, "Survey of Industrial Location Determinants, 1971-1975," is part of a continuing effort designed to assist EDA eligible areas to achieve more success in their efforts to secure a broader industrial base capable of providing addi- tional employment opportunities. The success of local area efforts to attain more balanced economic and population growth frequently depends on the ability to identify and attract those industries with locational requirements compatible with the area's resources. Knowledge of industry location determinants is essential to guide area planners in a more rational search for specific industries and to plan for industrial development. Therefore, the industrial location determinants reported by firms producing the product classes contained in this report should assist in identifying the nature and relative importance of factors which influence industrial location decisions. The cooperation of the thousands of manufacturing companies who voluntarily completed questionnaires is gratefully appreciated . MJMim AAJ- ^^ *• William W. Blunt, Jr. Acting Assistant Secretary for Economic Development Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2012 with funding from LYRASIS Members and Sloan Foundation http://archive.org/details/industriallocatOOunit Introduction The Economic Development Administration (EDA) of the U. S. Department of Commerce, established under the Public Works and Economic Development Act of 1965, has a legislative mandate to assist the nation's underdeveloped and declining areas in the development of their economic resources and potentials. One effort undertaken by EDA to carry out this mandate has been the development of an Industrial Location Planning System. This system is designed to match resources of those areas eligible for EDA aid with perceived industrial locational requirements. As part of this effort, EDA contrac- ted with the U. S„ Bureau of the Census to survey leading manufacturing firms in a selected number of growth industries. (See Table I) The survey was conducted during the later half of 1971. This publication, the first of a series to be issued as an aid to local and State industrial development planners and public officials, contains summary tabulations of responses by business firms, as reported on Form ED-707B, Survey of Indus- trial Location Determinants 1971-1975. (See Appendix A) Responses reported on Form ED-707A, Survey of Manufacturing Plant Characteristics (see Appendix B) are being processed for tabulation and publication. It is hoped that these survey responses will provide information useful for decision-making on industrial development issues such as the compatibility of specific industry needs with the resources of particular communities, the development of public facilities and services, zoning ordinances, tax incentives, etc. Selection of Manufacturing Industries and Plants for Mail Survey Manufacturing industries which had demonstrated reasonable growth between 1958 and 1967, or which appeared to have good growth prospects in 1970, were identified and selected for inclusion in the survey. These industries were identified by their Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) and the Bureau of the Census 5-digit product class code number. Within these classifications plants which (1) were primarily engaged in the production of the growth product classes (represented by 507 o or more of the total value of shipments of the plant) and (2) had 100 or more employees were included, It should be noted that manufacturing activities which are not eligible to receive assistance from EDA to locate in designated depressed areas (e.g., apparel manufacturing, etc.) were excluded from the scope of this survey. The mailing panel consisted of selected individual manufac- turing establishments in 254 product classes taken from the 1967 Census of Manufactures name and address file. This list was then matched against the 1970 Annual Survey of Manufac- tures to update plant identification records for such items as name, address, etc. The panel selection, mail canvass, and processing of returns were conducted by the Bureau of the Census as collecting and compiling agent for EDA. Coverage of Survey A total of 2,950 companies in 254 product classes was selected as the mailing panel for this survey „ They received 5,500 Form ED-707A's and 3,800 Form ED-707B's. Of these, 66 percent and 70 percent respectively were filed and are included in the tabulations . Although there were 2,656 ED-707B reports filed, respondents occasionally omitted responses to one or more of the specific inquiries on the form. No follow-up attempt was made to secure a 100 percent response rate to all inquiries; unanswered items were tabulated as "no response." Reports filed in the survey do not provide data by which to estimate the proportion of the total product class output (by all establishments) represented by the reporting plants. In the absence of reliable coverage estimates and because the survey respondents typically included the larger compa- nies, it was decided to publish the results for all product classes which cleared the Bureau of the Census disclosure tests. However, the reader should note the number of companies reporting in the product class when evaluating the survey results as representative of locational preferences. Report Forms Industrial plants currently in operation generally reflect locational decisions made during previous decades. Analyses of the site, locational and plant characteristics confined exclusively to these existing units might therefore be inadequate to identify locational requirements currently considered in decisions to expand or construct new facilities In order to distinguish between these historic and current locational requirements, two report forms were developed for this survey. To identify the locational and operating characteristics of plants in operation in 1970, individual plant reports were requested on Form ED-707A: Survey of Manufacturing Plant Characteristics, (see Appendix B). The industrial location needs of companies contemplating expansion or construction of new facilities during 1971-1975 were to be reported on Form ED-707B: Survey of Industrial Location Determinants, (see Appendix A). Therefore, each company selected for reporting individual plant operations on Form ED-707A was also requested to file one Form ED-707B for each product class in which one or more facilities were operated. To illustrate, assume that four plants of Company A were selec- ted to file 707A reports in the survey; the table below indicates the number of 707B forms that would be mailed to Company A. - 3 101 A 707B Reports Reports 1 ) ) 1 1 ) 1 1 1 1 4 3 Plants Product Class Plant 1 24323 Softwood plywood Plant 2 24323 Softwood plywood Plant 3 24326 Softwood veneer Plant 4 24324 Nonwood-face plywood Total Product Classes Each plant filing in the 1967 Census of Manufactures is classified in one of the more than 400 4-digit industry code classifications in accordance with the Standard Industrial Classification Manual (SIC) prepared by the Office of Manage- ment and Budget. The individual products for which data are collected in the Census of Manufactures are assigned 7-digit product codes; the first four digits of which describe the industry in which the product is "primary" and the fifth digit is the product class. The 5-digit product class represents an intermediate grouping of products between the approximately 10,000 7-digit product codes and the 422 4-digit industry code classifications. There are 1,200 5-digit prod- uct classes described in the 1967 Census of Manufactures of which 254 were sampled for this survey. Of these, useable responses were received from plants in 223 product classes and are shown in this report. Abbreviated product class tables are presented in the indi- vidual reports to meet publication requirements. More complete titles are contained in Table I, Product Classes Included in This Report. For a more detailed description of the individual products (7-digit) included in each of the 5-digit product classes, the reader can refer to the 1967 Census of Manufactures, Volume II, Industry Statistics „ Note : Totals may not add to 1007 o due to rounding „ - 4 - TABLE I: PRODUCT CLASSES INCLUDED IN THIS REPORT Code Description 20860 Soft Drinks Bottled and canned soft drinks TEXTILE MILL PRODUCTS Knitting Mill Products 22561 Warp knit fabrics, include greige or finished fabrics 22562 Circular knit fabrics, include greige or finished fabrics Other Textile Goods 22720 Tufted carpets and rugs 22952 Vinyl coated fabrics WOOD PRODUCTS AND FURNITURE AND FIXTURES Veneer and Plywood 24323 Softwood plywood, exterior type 24324 Nonwood-face plywood and other plywood type products 24326 Softwood veneer Office Furniture 25221 Metal office seating, etc. 25222 Metal office desks 25223 Metal office cabinets and cases Public-Building, Restaurant and Other Furniture 25312 Public-building and related furniture Partitions, Shelving, Lockers, and Office and Store Fixtures (Metal or Wood) 25420 Metal partitions, etc. and office and store fixtures PULP, PAPER, PAPERBOARD, AND PAPER AND BOARD PRODUCTS Paper and Board Mills 26213 Coated printing and converting paper 26217 Unbleached kraft packaging and industrial converting paper Paper and Board Products 26413 Gummed paper and board products 26414 Pressure sensitive tape and labels (unprinted) 26415 Wrappers, laminated or coated 26431 Paper grocers' and variety bags, wardrobe, shopping bags 26432 Specialty bags and liners, made of paper, foil, and plastic 26452 Pasted, lined, laminated, or surface-coated paperboard - 5 - Code Description 26472 Sanitary tissue health products 26530 Corrugated and solid fiber boxes 26543 Miscellaneous sanitary food containers, boards and trays PUBLISHING, PRINTING, AND RELATED INDUSTRIES Book and Pamphlet Printing or Printing and Binding 27321 Book and pamphlet printing and book binding (lithographic process) 27322 Book and pamphlet printing and book binding (other processes) Lithographic Process (Commercial Printing) 27521 Magazine and periodical, lithographic, printing only 27522 Label (excluding cloth) and wrapper printing, lithographic 27523 Catalogs and directories printing, lithographic 27524 Financial and legal printing, lithographic 27525 Advertising printing, lithographic 27526 Other commercial lithographic printing Manifold Business Forms 27611 Manifold business forms (continuous) 27612 Manifold business forms, unit-set Blankbooks, Loose-Leaf Binders and Services for the Printing Trade 27891 Edition, library, and other hard-cover book-binding 27910 Typesetting and typographic work CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS Industrial Inorganic Chemicals 28151 Cyclic (coal tar) intermediates 28152 Synthetic organic dyes (cyclic dyes) 28182 Miscellaneous acyclic chemicals and chemical products 28191 Synthetic ammonia, nitric acid and ammonium compounds Plastics Materials 28213 Thermoplastic resins (excluding resins for protective coverings) Synthetic Fibers 28242 Miscellaneous noncellulosic synthetic organic fibers Medicinal Chemicals 28331 Synthetic organic medicinal chemicals, in bulk - 6 - Code Description 28342 28345 28346 28347 28423 28442 28445 28790 28993 Pharmaceutical Preparations for Human Use Pharmaceutical preparations acting on the central nervous system and the sense organs Pharmaceutical preparations acting on digestive system Pharmaceutical preparations acting on the skin Vitamin, nutrient, and hematinic preparations Soap, Glycerine, Cleaning, Polishing and Related Products Specialty cleaning and sanitation products Cosmetics and Toilet Preparations Perfumes, toilet water, and colognes Miscellaneous cosmetics and toilet preparations Fertilizers, Agricultural Chemicals and Miscellaneous Chemical Products Insecticidal and fungicidal preparations (formulations) primarily for agricultural use Miscellaneous chemicals and chemical preparations PETROLEUM AND COAL PRODUCTS Petroleum Products 29116 Liquefied refinery gases (feed stock and other uses) 29510 Asphalt and tar paving mixtures and blocks, not made in refineries MISCELLANEOUS PLASTICS PRODUCTS 30792 Foamed plastics products 30794 Packaging and shipping containers (plastic) 30795 Industrial plastics products 30796 Construction plastics products GLASS PRODUCTS AND MINERAL WOOL Glass and Glass Products Made from Glass Produced in This Plant 32210 Glass containers 32291 Table, kitchen, art and novelty glassware 32293 Glass fiber - textile type fiber Mineral Wool 32962 Mineral wool for industrial and equipment insulation PRIMARY METAL INDUSTRIES Foundry Products 33212 Cast iron pressure pipe and fittings 33214 Miscellaneous gray iron castings 33220 Malleable iron castings 33231 Steel investment castings (all grades) 33232 Miscellaneous carbon steel castings 7 - Code Description 33233 Miscellaneous alloy steel castings Rollers and Drawers of Nonferrous Metals 33512 Rolled, drawn and extruded copper and copper-base allow mill products 33522 Aluminum plate and sheet (including foil stock) 33525 Extruded aluminum rod, bar, and other extruded shapes, except tube Wire and Wire Products Made in Wire Drawing or Insulating Establishments 33572 Copper and copper-base alloy wire, for electrical transmission 33574 Communication wire and cable 33577 Magnet wire 33578 Power wire and cable Aluminum Castings and Forge Shop Products 33610 Aluminum and aluminum-base alloy castings 33911 Drop, upset and press steel forgings (closed die) 33920 Nonferrous forgings Miscellaneous Primary Metal Products Not Made in Steel Mills 33991 Metal powders and paste 33996 Heat treating of metal for the trade 34211 34231 34233 34411 34413 34431 34432 34442 34460 34492 FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS, EXCEPT ORDNANCE, MACHINERY AND TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT Cutlery and Hand Tools Cutlery, scissors, shears, trimmers and snips, except power Mechanics' hand service tools Files, rasps and file accessories and other hand tools Fabricated Structural Metal Products, Including Doors Fabricated structural iron and steel for buildings Miscellaneous fabricated structural iron and steel Boiler Shop and Sheet Metal Products Heat exchangers and steam condensers Fabricated steel plate (including stacks and weldments) Culverts, flumes, irrigation pipes Miscellaneous Fabricated Metal Work Architectural and ornamental metal work Prefabricated and portable metal buildings and parts Code Description Screw Machine Products, Metal Stamping, Coating and Engraving 34510 Screw machine products 34612 Job stampings (except automotive) 34614 Stamped & spun aluminum cooking & kitchen utensils 34616 Metal commercial and home canning closures 34618 Miscellaneous tamped and pressed metal end products 34710 Electroplating, plating and polishing 34790 Coating, engraving, and allied services Miscellaneous Fabricated Metal Products 34941 Automatic regulating and control valves 34942 Valves for power transfer (pneumatic and hydraulic) 34943 Other metal valves for piping systems and equipment 34945 Metal fittings, flanges and unions for piping systems 34946 Fittings and assemblies for tubing and hose 34970 Metal foil and leaf (except plain aluminum foil and foil in lamination) 34980 Fabricated pipe and fittings (cut, threaded, etc.) MACHINERY, EXCEPT ELECTRICAL Engines and Turbines 35191 Gasoline engines, under 11 horsepower 35199 Parts and accessories for internal combustion engines Farm Machines and Tractors 35221 Wheel tractors and attachments 35223 Planting, seeding and fertilizing machinery 35224 Plows, listers, harrows, rollers, pulverizers & stalk cutters 35225 Harvesting machinery 35227 Lawnmowers and snow blowers Construction, Mining, and Oil-Field Machinery 35313 Parts and attachments for tracklaying and contractors' off-highway tractors & shovel loaders 35314 Power cranes, draglines, shovels, and parts and attachments 35316 Mixers, pavers, and related equipment (excluding parts) 35317 Tractor-shovel loaders (excluding parts & attachments) 35318 Scrapers, graders, rollers and off-highway trucks, trailers, wagons 35319 Miscellaneous construction machinery, parts and equipment 35321 Underground mining machinery and related mining equipment Code Description Elevators, Hoists and Materials Handling Machinery and Equipment 35351 Conveyors and conveying equipment (except hoists and farm elevators) 35361 Hoists 35362 Overhead traveling cranes and monorail systems 35370 Industrial trucks, tractors, trailers, stackers, metal pallets and skids Machine Tools, Metalworking 35411 Boring machines 35412 Drilling machines 35414 Grinding and polishing machines 35415 Lathes 35416 Milling machines 35418 Miscellaneous metal cutting type machine tools 35422 Presses, including forging presses 35423 Miscellaneous metal forming machine tools Machine Tool Accessories and Metal working Machinery 35442 Industrial molds (including die casting die molds) 35451 Small cutting tools for machine tools and metalworking machinery 35452 Precision measuring tools (machinists) 35453 Other attachments and accessories for machine tools and metalworking machinery 35481 Rolling-mill machinery and equipment 35482 Power driven hand tools (including parts & attachments) 35483 Acetylene welding and cutting apparatus 35485 Other metalworking machinery Special-Industry Machinery 35521 Textile machinery 35540 Paper industries machinery & parts and attachments 35551 Printing presses 35552 Other printing trades machinery (new and rebuilt) 35591 Chemical manufacturing industries machinery, equipment and parts 35592 Foundry machinery and equipment and parts 35593 Plastics-working machinery and equipment and parts 35595 Other special industry machinery and equipment Pumps and Compressors 35611 Industrial pumps 35612 Hydraulic fluid power pumps and motors and vacuum pumps 35613 Domestic water systems and pumps 35614 Air and gas compressors - 10 - Code Description 35616 Parts and attachments for pumps, air and gas compressors General Industrial Machinery 35621 Ball bearings (complete) 35622 Taper (except thrust) roller bearings (complete) 35623 Other roller bearings, complete 35650 Industrial patterns, of wood, metal, etc. (except shoe) 35661 Plain bearings and bushings (machined, mounted or unmounted) 35662 Speed changers, industrial high speed drives, and gears 35663 Other mechanical power transmission equipment 35671 Electric industrial furnaces and ovens (metal processing) 35672 Fuel-fired industrial furnaces and ovens (metal processing) 35673 High frequency induction and dielectric heating equipment and parts 35690 Other general industrial machinery Office and Store Machines and Service-Industry and Household Machines 35720 Typewriters and parts (including coded media typewriters) 35731 Electronic data processing machines (except parts and attachments) 35811 Automatic merchandising machines 35853 Commercial refrigeration equipment 35854 Compressors and compressor units, all refrigerants 35857 Other refrigeration and air-conditioning equipment Miscellaneous Machinery and Machine Shops 35991 Carburetors (new), pistons, and piston rings and valves (intake and exhaust) ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES Electrical Generating, Transmission, Distribution and Industrial Apparatus 36111 Integrating instruments, electrical 36112 Test equipment for testing electrical, radio and communication circuits and motors 36113 Other electrical measuring instruments and parts 36211 Fractional horsepower motors 36212 Integral horsepower motors and generators 36220 General industry power circuit devices and controls and parts - 11 Code Description 36231 Arc welding machines, components and accessories Household Electric Appliances 36341 Electric fans (except industrial type) 36343 Miscellaneous small household electric appliances Electric Lighting and Wiring Equipment 36410 Electric lamps, bulbs only (including sealed beam lamps) 36422 Commercial and institutional type electric fixtures 36423 Industrial type electric fixtures 36424 Vehicular lighting equipment (electric) 36425 Floodlighting and other outdoor lighting equipment (electric) 36426 Other nonresidential electric and non-electric lighting equipment 36430 Current carrying wiring devices (including lightning rods) 36441 Pole-line and transmission hardware 36442 Electric conduit and conduit fittings (including switch and outlet wall plates) Radio, T.V. and Other Communication Equipment and Related Products 36511 Household and automobile radios, and radio/phono- graph combinations 36512 Household television receivers (inc. television combinations) 36611 Telephone switching and switchboard equipment (inc. military) 36621 Commercial, industrial, and military electronic communication equipment 36622 Radio and television broadcast equipment and closed circuit systems Electronic Components 36741 Integrated microcircuits (semiconductor networks) 36742 Transistors 36743 Diodes and rectifiers 36792 Capacitors for electronic applications 36793 Resistors for electronic applications 36794 Coils, transformers, reactors and chokes for electronic applications Ignition Harness and Cable Sets 36941 Ignition harness and cable sets TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT Boat Building, Railroad and Other Transportation Equipment - 12 - Code Description 37321 Inboard motor boats (all types) 37422 Freight train cars (new) 37423 Street cars; parts and accessories for railroad and street cars; and rebuilt passenger and freight train cars 37510 Bicycles, motorcycles, motorbikes, scooters, and parts 37910 Trailer coaches (housing type) 37991 Automobile trailers (excluding housing type coaches) 37992 Farm wagons , push carts, boat trailers, self- propelled snowmobiles, etc.) INSTRUMENTS, PHOTOGRAPHIC AND OPTICAL GOODS, AND WATCHES Instruments 38111 Aeronautical, nautical & navigational instruments and automatic pilots 38213 Industrial process instruments Surgical, Medical, Dental, Optical, and Ophthalmic Goods 38311 Optical instruments and lenses (except sighting and fire-control equipment) 38312 Sighting and fire-control equipment made from lenses, prisms, etc. produced in this plant 38410 Surgical and medical instruments, apparatus and furniture 38421 Surgical, orthopedic and prosthetic appliances and supplies 38511 Ophthalmic fronts and temples 38512 Ophthalmic focus lenses, including contact lenses 38513 Miscellaneous ophthalmic goods Photographic Equipment 38611 Still picture equipment 38613 Motion picture equipment 38617 Sensitized photographic paper and cloth (except silver halide type) Watches and Clocks 38711 Clocks, clock movements and timing mechanisms, not for timepiece use (exclude time stamp and time recording machines) 38714 Watches with imported movements - 13 - Code Description MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS 39111 Jewelry, made of platinum metal or karat gold 39112 Jewelry, made of precious metals, except platinum and karat gold 39410 Games and toys (except dolls and children's vehicles) 14 - U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Bottled and canned soft drinks PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 20860 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 56 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) I. New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 , Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population , (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 27 70 4 16 57 27 70 11 20 25 46 29 41 36 23 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 18 16 16 30 TT 70 14 11 27 41 20 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service , (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection , (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 4 30 59 7 2 34 57 7 2 48 43 7 2 55 36 7 9 71 16 4 45 48 2 5 18 46 30 5 2 38 55 5 4 16 73 7 34 59 2 5 2 63 29 7 2 70 21 7 11 79 5 5 4 70 20 7 57 38 5 32 55 9 4 48 39 9 4 4 41 46 9 2 9 80 9 9 36 46 9 5 34 52 9 64 23 7 5 32 39 21 7 43 46 5 5 39 48 9 4 30 57 7 5 11 50 36 4 39 55 2 4 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms _6_L A5_ 21. M. 68 18 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Warp knit fabrics, include greige or finished fabrics PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 22561 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 13 Yes No (%) (%) No response (%) I. New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select wore than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 54 31 15 54 46 23 38 3» 77 8 15 15 38 46 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 46 23 15 15 38 23 15 23 54 VI. VII. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds , (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection , (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning , (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A (%) B (%) C (%) D (%) 38 31 31 15 15 46 21. 21. 23 M. 12. J^_ 46 69 77 46 77 54 38 15 54 62 77 77 54 46 92 46 54 21. 23 54 21. 31 38 46 _7_7_ 46 15 15 38 15 23 77 31 15 46 38 92 62 69 JlL 38 15 31 46 15 VIM. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 38 31 31 15 38 54 23 23 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Circular knit fabrics, include greige or finished fabrics PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 22562 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 14 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) I. New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 , (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more , (8) No response 36 50 14 57 43 7 50 43 71 29 21 50 29 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 29 36 14 57 21 50 43 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III. VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 7 36 43 14 7 36 43 14 43 43 14 29 57 14 29 57 7 7 36 43 7 14 36 14 36 14 7 29 50 14 79 21 29 50 21 43 36 21 7 64 7 21 14 64 21 n 79 21 36 43 21 7 57 14 21 43 50 7 14 36 36 14 86 14 14 21 50 14 36 50 14 43 36 7 14 21 57 7 14 29 50 7 14 50 36 14 21 50 14 14 7 29 50 14 29 57 14 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force , (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 50 JA. 1k. _3_6_ 21. 31. 21 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Tufted carpets and rugs PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 22720 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 33 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population , (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 48 42 9 61 39 18 52 30 52 18 30 45 33 21 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 24 45 15 15 52 24 24 52 21 Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) nt: A(%) B(%) I -(%) j: ■ i I D(%) 15 30 52 3 : 12 42 42 3 3 48 45 3 6 33 58 3 3 73 21 3 42 48 6 3 30 48 18 3 3 24 70 3 6 91 3 36 58 3 3 3 63 30 3 9 76 12 3 18 63 12 6 85 9 6 3 ^U 36 6 3 91 6 30 67 3 6 30 61 3 12 85 3 27 45 24 3 18 48 30 3 55 27 12 6 30 30 36 3 61 36 3 48 45 3 3 36 52 9 3 18 48 30 3 33 55 6 6 Percent of firms 36 33 24 27 12 61 42 18 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Vinyl coated fabrics PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 22952 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING IV V. Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 , (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1 ,000,000 or more (8) No response 67 33 50 50 50 17 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 17 33 50 67 17 17 17 33 50 Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays - (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 17 50 33 50 17 33 17 50 33 17 50 33 50 17 33 50 33 17 17 33 17 33 17 50 33 67 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 67 33 67 33 33 50 17 17 17 50 17 67 17 17 33 50 17 67 17 17 83 17 33 33 17 17 33 33 33 83 17 67 17 17 33 33 17 17 83 17 83 17 17 50 17 17 83 17 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 17 33 67 33 33 50 17 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Softwood plywood, exterior type PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 24323 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 17 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) I. New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference 23 Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 18 82 71 29 12 65 23 82 12 6 23 59 18 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 53 23 12 41 35 23 41 53 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service , (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities , (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays , (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 35 65 6 35 53 6 47 53 53 47 12 65 23 53 47 88 12 29 71 100 12 71 18 53 47 82 18 fi 59 35 18 76 6 6 23 65 6 88 12 35 47 18 35 65 12 47 41 88 12 6 23 71 29 47 23 41 53 6 12 53 35 18 82 29 71 12 82 6 41 53 6 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 59 23 100 29 35 23 23 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Nonwood-face plywood and other plywood type products PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 24324 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 5 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) I. New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 100 80 20 40 40 20 60 20 20 60 40 Percent of firms IV, Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees , (5) No response 40 20 20 20. 20 40 20 20 40 40 20 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service , (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities , (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays , (6) Fire protection , (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 60 20 20 60 20 20 40 40 20 80 20 60 20 20 20 60 20 60 20 20 n 80 20 80 20 60 20 20 40 40 20 60 20 20 80 20 80 20 60 20 20 40 20 40 80 20 40 40 20 20 60 20 60 20 20 40 40 20 20 40 20 20 20 40 20 20 40 40 20 60 20 20 60 20 20 20 40 20 20 20 40 40 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms _6JL 60 40 60 20 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Softwood veneer PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 24326 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) I. New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 , (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 80 20 80 20 80 20 60 20 20 40 60 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2 ) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 40 60 20 60 20 100 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays , (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group , (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning , (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 60 40 100 40 60 40 60 80 20 60 40 40 60 100 100 100 20 80 80 20 100 80 20 n 40 60 80 20 60 40 40 60 20 80 80 20 100 20 40 40 40 60 40 40 20 40 60 100 20 60 20 60 40 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 60 AQ_ ML 20 2£L 60 20 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Metal office seating furniture, etc. PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 25221 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 40 20 40 80 20 40 60 60 20 20 20 60 20 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 40 20 2£l 2£l 60 20 20 20 20 60 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection , (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group , (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning , (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air treight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 80 20 60 40 100 100 20 80 60 40 20 80 20 80 100 20 80 20 80 20 80 100 60 40 60 40 80 20 20 80 0- 80 20 100 20 80 20 80 40 60 20 20 60 60 40 40 60 40 40 20 20 80 40 60 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 80 20 20 20 40 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Metal office desks PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 25222 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING IV V. Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more , (8) No response 100 33 67 33 67 33 67 33 67 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 33 33 33 67 33 67 33 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service , (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities , (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays , (6) Fire protection , (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group , (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning - (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 33 67 100 33 67 67 33 100 100 100 33 67 100 100 33 67 33 67 33 67 100 100 100 33 67 100 100 33 67 33 33 33 100 67 33 100 100 100 100 100 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 33 67 67 67 67 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Metal office cabinets and cases PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 25223 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 8 IV Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population , (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 , (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more , (8) No response 25 75 13 75 13 88 13 38 50 13 50 25 25 Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response Percent of firms 13 13 25 13 37 63 25 13 13 50 38 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning * , (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 63 38 75 25 63 38 50 50 13 75 13 50 38 13 38 38 25 50 50 100 25 50 25 n 75 25 o 88 13 25 7 5 13 75 13 13 61 25 n 100 25 63 13 13 63 25 100 38 50 13 75 25 25 50 25 13 38 50 50 38 13 13 63 25 13 50 38 25 50 25 13 75 13 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Pei •cent of firms 75 38 25 13 50 63 25 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Public-building; and related furniture PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 25312 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 13 III IV. Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) I. New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more , (8) No response 15 69 15 38 62 23 23 54 46 15 38 23 23 54 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 15 38 15 31 46 15 23 38 15 15 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers. . (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III. VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A (96) B(%) C(%) D(%) 15 54 15 15 54 23 23 62 15 23 31 46 23 23 46 8 23 46 38 15 15 54 8 23 1 5 62 23 n 77 23 15 62 23 54 23 23 a 69 23 23 46 R 23 6? 1 5 23 n 54 23 23 77 23 23 54 23 8 62 8 23 8 69 23 23 38 15 23 23 23 31 23 15 54 8 23 15 23 31 31 23 38 15 23 23 46 8 23 8 46 23 23 54 23 23 15 62 23 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 38 31 62 38 46 31 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Metal partitions, etc. and office and store fixtures PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 25420 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 26 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 35 62 4 8 77 15 46 38 15 54 35 12 46 50 4 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres , (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees , (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 12 23 12 19 12 19 15 73 12 35 42 12 VII Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds . (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A (96) B(%) C(%) D(%) 19 62 19 8 38 50 4 69 27 4 50 46 4 8 81 12 58 38 4 54 23 19 4 27 69 4 4 92 4 35 58 4 4 4 62 35 35 54 8 4 42 54 4 88 8 4 62 35 4 15 81 4 50 50 23 50 27 8 92 15 42 42 27 31 42 35 54 12 12 65 23 61 31 8 23 61 15 31 58 12 23 65 12 35 61 4 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company , (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries , (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force , (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 54 23 31 46 61 46 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Coated printing and converting paper PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 26213 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more , (8) No response il 89 89 11 89 11 100 89 11 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres , (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response , 22 44 11 11 11 22 11 67 89 11 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service , (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 78 22 11 56 33 56 44 44 56 11 89 11 67 22 11 78 11 44 56 100 22 56 22 56 33 11 11 78 11 11 78 11 100 67 33 78 22 22 78 44 56 22 22 44 11 78 " 22 11 78 11 22 56 22 78 22 11 78 11 22 78 33 67 56 44 67 33 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company , (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force , (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms _Q_ 33 78 11 56 67 44 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Unbleached kraft packaging & industrial converting paper PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 26217 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 6 III IV. Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) I. New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population , (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 17 67 17 83 17 83 17 100 83 17 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 83 12. 100 67 33 VI. VII Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent : A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service , (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities , (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service » , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 17 50 33 83 17 100 50 50 33 67 50 50 50 50 17 83 100 33 67 100 83 17 33 67 17 83 67 33 50 33 17 50 33 17 33 50 17 67 33 100 17 50 33 50 33 17 83 17 33 67 17 67 17 33 67 50 50 67 33 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 17 100 33 67 83 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Gummed paper and board products PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 26413 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 4_ Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) I. New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 50 50 100 50 50 50 50 50 50 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 25 2h. 5£L 25 JJl 75 25 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service , (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities , (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays , (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning , (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 25 50 25 25 75 25 75 50 50 75 25 75 25 25 50 25 25 75 100 25 75 50 50 75 25 25 50 25 75 25 n 75 25 25 50 25 25 75 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 50 50 100 25 75 50 50 75 25 25 75 50 50 25 50 25 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force , (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 25. 25 75 100 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Pressure sensitive tape and labels (imprinted) PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 26414 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 4 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference II. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more , (8) No response 100 100 75 25 50 50 100 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 25 25 25 25 100 25 25 25 25 VI. VII VIII. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service , (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities , (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays , (6) Fire protection - (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A (%) B (%) C (%) D (%) 25 25 25 25 50 25. 25 25 25 25 -5fl_ 25. 25. 25. 25 75 50 75 100 50 75 50 _5JL 100 50 75 75 75 50 100 75 75 _5jQ_ ^0_ ^0_ 25. 25. 5H 25. 25. 75 25 25 25 25. 1QQ_ 50 25 ^D_ 100 5Q_ 25. 25. 2R. 25. 51L Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firm 50 5SL 25 75 50 25 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Wrappers, laminated or coated PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 26415 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response . . . 67 33 33 67 33 67 33 67 67 33 Percent of firms . Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6)tDver 100 acres (7) No response , y. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees , (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 33 33 33 67 33 33 33 33 67 33 33 33 33 67 33 33 33 33 67 33 67 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 67 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 67 33 33 33 33 67 33 67 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 67 33 33 33 33 67 33 67 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 Percent of firm 33 33 V 67 67 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Paper grocers' & variety bags, wardrobe, shopping bags PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 26431 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 10 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 I. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population , (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 40 50 10 80 20 60 20 20 10 70 20 70 30 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres , (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees , (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 20 20 30 30 10 70 20 50 20 30 Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities , (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) . , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers . (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc. ) A(%) B(%) l ~(%) D (%) 20 50 30 in 80 10 n 80 20 50 50 o 10 60 30 80 20 10 70 20 o 50 50 100 o 40 50 10 60 40 10 90 40 60 80 20 n «n ?n n 10 70 20 70 30 20 30 50 20 80 90 10 10 90 40 50 10 30 50 20 30 50 20 30 50 20 1 20 70 10 ! 20 60 20 'i 3 60 10 o ! Percen t of firm:; 80 10 30 80 90 10 tiergy U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Specialty bags & liners, made of paper, foil. & plastic PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 26432 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 13 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) I. New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area , . . . (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 46 54 15 85 77 15 R 23 69 8 38 54 8 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 15 23 23 23 23 46 31. JLL JiS_ 21. VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service - (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities , (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays , (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers . (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) A(%) B(%) ( :(%) D(%) 23 46 23 8 46 46 8 8 31 54 8 15 77 8 100 54 38 8 38 54 8 54 38 8 8 85 8 38 46 8 8 8 54 31 8 92 8 15 62 23 8 85 8 6? 31 8 15 77 8 38 62 23 38 31 8 38 54 8 54 38 8 23 15 54 8 15 62 8 15 8 69 23 15 69 15 8 85 8 8 77 8 8 8 62 23 8 8 77 8 8 Percen t of firmj 46 8 38 69 69 38 nergy 8 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Pasted, lined, laminated, or surface-coated paperboard PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 26452 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 4 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) I. New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more , (8) No response 75 25 75 25 75 25 75 25 50 25 25 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres , (7) No response , V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees , (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 25 25 25 25 25 50 25 25 50 25 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service , (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities , (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays , (6) Fire protection , (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning - (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company , (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force , (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 25 75 25 50 25 25 25 50 100 25 50 25 100 75 25 25 75 100 75 25 50 50 75 25 50 25 25 75 25 100 25 50 25 50 50 25 75 100 100 50 50 50 25 25 50 50 25 50 25 25 50 25 25 75 50 50 50 50 Percent of firms 75 25 100 100 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Sanitary tissue health products PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 26472 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 6 Yes (%) No No response (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 33 50 17 67 33 33 33 33 50 17 33 17 67 17 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 17 17 33 17 JJ_ 33 17 17 17 17 33 17 33 17 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities , (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV . A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 50 33 17 17 67 17 50 33 17 50 33 17 67 17 17 17 67 17 33 50 17 67 17 17 83 17 67 17 17 50 33 17 83 17 33 17 33 17 67 17 17 50 33 17 67 17 17 17 67 17 17 67 17 83 17 83 17 17 17 50 17 50 33 17 33 50 17 33 33 17 17 33 50 17 50 33 17 33 50 17 17 67 17 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to yqur distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force , (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 11. £1. 67 -3_3_ 50 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Corrugated and solid fiber boxes PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 26530 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 40 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) I. New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference II. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 , (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 43 55 3 3 85 13 63 25 13 33 55 13 73 23 5 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 18 10 24 10 18 20. ML JL5_ VI. VII VIII. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) - (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A (%) B (%) C (%) D (%) 57 25 35 15 25 JiSL 70 28 40 30 40 25 20 48 40 30 48 45 72 38 53 30 60 72 68 70 75 31. 75 J3_ 31. JLD_ 20 40 47 30 48 53 53 60 50 53 63 50 53 18 20 65 98 23 15 15 _£L 18 _6JL _8_5_ 53 23 28 18 20 18 Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 55 15 25 70 78 28 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Miscellaneous sanitary food containers ,boards & trays PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 26543 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 12 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 33 67 8 83 8 50 42 8 42 42 17 50 33 17 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 42 25 25_ JA. XL .55. J.7 6" VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service , (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities , (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays , (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , VIM. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers . (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 8 50 42 33 67 67 33 33 67 17 50 33 50 42 17 33 42 2 5 5fi 42 100 42 42 17 50 50 25 67 8 25 67 8 75 25 75 25 8 83 8 42 58 8 42 50 100 67 25 a 8 50 42 o 17 58 25 8 50 42 • n 1 8 83 8 i 42 50 8 17 75 8 8 58 33 25 58 8 R Percent of firms 67 25 8 75 75 33 nergy n ■ U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Book & pamphlet printing & book binding (lithographic process ) PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 27321 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 23 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population , (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1 ,000,000 or more , (8) No response 35 65 70 30 48 26 26 52 30 17 35 43 22 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 17 22 13 26 74 13 17 26 32. VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds , (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities , (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing , (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers , (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning , (15) Strict industrial zoning , (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 13 52 26 9 4 35 52 9 57 35 9 4 43 43 9 22 61 9 9 57 35 9 30 61 9 39 52 9 4 87 9 26 6 5 9 13 61 17 9 17 70 4 9 22 30 30 17 n 52 35 13 L LP, 35 13 9 78 13 35 57 9 13 57 22 9 4 87 9 22 26 43 9 4 22 65 9 17 48 26 9 43 48 9 22 52 17 9 13 52 26 9 4 65 22 9 9 61 22 9 26 65 9 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 48 35 30 52 39 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Book & pamphlet printing & book binding, except lithographic PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 27322 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 7 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more , (8) No response 86 14 86 14 71 14 14 43 57 43 43 14 IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response Percent of firms 29 14 14 29 14 71 14 14 43 14 43 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III . VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 14 57 29 43 57 71 29 57 43 14 71 14 29 71 71 29 29 71 100 29 71 n n 57 43 86 14 71 29 14 57 29 ?Q S7 1L n 57 43 14 86 29 71 100 43 57 43 57 43 57 57 43 86 14 100 100 14 86 14 86 VIM. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 57 14 71 43 14 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Magazine and periodical , lithographic, printing only PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 27521 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING J_ Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 29 71 14 86 29 71 71 29 71 29 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres , (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees , (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees , (5) No response , 29 14 29 14 14 71 _29_ JlL 57 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds , (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail). (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 100 29 71 71 29 86 14 100 57 43 57 43 43 57 100 14 86 71 29 29 71 86 14 86 14 57 43 86 14 100 14 86 100 29 43 29 43 57 14 86 86 14 14 86 86 14 86 14 86 14 86 14 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 86 43 14 14 14 57 57 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Label (excluding cloth) & wrapper printing, lithographic PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 27522 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 10 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population , (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 10 90 10 70 20 50 40 10 50 30 20 60 30 10 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 20 30 10 20 20 40 30. 1£L 1Q_ 2H. _6iL JL0_ VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 10 50 40 50 50 60 40 50 50 10 80 10 60 40 50 40 10 10 20 70 10 90 40 60 60 40 20 80 10 80 10 80 20 10 70 20 70 30 40 40 10 10 60 30 10 10 10 70 10 30 40 20 10 10 30 50 10 50 10 30 10 30 20 40 10 30 50 10 10 50 30 10 10 30 50 10 10 20 30 40 10 30 60 10 Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 40 30 20 30 90 50 10 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Catalogs & directories, printing, lithographic PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 27523 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 3 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) I. New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference 67 III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 100 33 67 67 33 33 67 67 33 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response _3JL m. 33 67 33 33 33 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV VIM. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers . (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) A(%) B(%) i ~(%) D(%) 33 67 67 33 33 67 33 67 100 33 67 67 33 33 67 100 100 67 33 67 33 33 67 100 n 67 33 33 67 33 67 100 • 100 33 33 33 67 33 33 67 33 67 33 33 33 33 67 100 100 33 33 33 Percen t of firmji 33 33 67 33 33 nergy U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Financial and legal printing, lithographic PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 27524 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 8 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 , I. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area E. Industrial park preference II. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 13 88 13 50 38 38 25 38 38 38 25 38 50 13 Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees , (3) 100-249 employees , (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response Percent of firms 13 13 13 24 13 25 38 63 13 13 62 13 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection . (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group , (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III. VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 38 50 13 50 50 63 38 88 13 13 75 13 75 25 50 38 13 13 88 100 75 25 100 88 13 75 25 n 7S ?5 n 75 25 88 13 50 50 38 38 25 13 88 25 50 25 50 50 50 50 38 63 38 38 25 50 13 38 38 25 38 25 25 50 50 SO VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 50 25 23_ 88 38 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Advertising printing, lithographic PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 27525 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 29 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population , (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more , (8) No response 17 76 7 17 59 24 55 31 14 21 62 17 41 41 17 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 17 10 21 28 22. M. 10 24 52 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be. rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III. VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 21 48 31 3 31 66 10 66 24 7 52 41 10 69 21 55 45 48 48 3 41 59 100 31 69 3 66 31 31 59 10 3 66 31 10 48 41 59 41 10 69 17 3 62 31 7 38 55 7 3 97 41 28 31 24 31 45 38 28 34 17 28 55 38 34 28 31 38 31 28 45 28 38 31 31 34 55 3 7 VIM. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 28 45 _28_ JjQ. Jt8_ 72 31 10 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Other commercial lithographic printing PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 27526 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 16 III IV, Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 25 69 6 13 56 31 56 25 19 25 56 19 63 13 25 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 13 13 19 13 43 38 56 13 13. 44 25 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service . . , , (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities , (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays , (6) Fire protection , (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 25 50 25 25 75 75 25 75 25. 6 75 19 75 25 56 25 19 13 25 63 100 50 50 19 44 38 31 69 13 88 88 13 63 38 n 19 69 6 6 56 38 6 38 56 6 13 81 6 19 31 44 6 13 19 63 6 13 69 13 6 6 38 44 13 25 44 25 6 38 50 13 25 69 6 19 56 25 19 75 6 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your* distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 56 38 31 12. 44 56 13 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Manifold business forms (continuous) PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 27611 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 16 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 I. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference II. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population , (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500-000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 44 56 6 69 25 38 50 13 63 19 19 31 44 25 Percent of firms V. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 25 31 11 11. 31 63 13 ei_ 11. VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent : A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service , (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities , (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays , (6) Fire protection - (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group , (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning , (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item HI, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 38 56 6 25 69 6 56 38 6 50 44 6 6 63 25 6 44 44 6 6 6 69 19 6 19 75 6 94 6 25 63 6 6 6 63 25 6 63 31 6 19 63 13 6 50 44 6 50 44 6 6 75 13 6 50 44 6 . 69 25 6 6 88 6 19 44 31 6 6 19 69 6 38 19 38 6 6 38 50 6 25 38 31 6 19 56 19 6 19 56 19 6 13 44 38 6 31 63 6 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 63 6 13 81 81 25 6 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Manifold business forms, unit-set PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 27612 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 17 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference II. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 41 59 6 82 12 35 53 12 71 29 35 53 12 Percent of firms IV, Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 35 12 18 18 .42. JlL 18 5± 24 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities , (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group , (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 24 41 29 6 47 47 6 71 24 6 65 29 6 18 47 29 6 53 41 6 41 41 12 6 24 71 6 94 6 41 53 6 12 53 29 6 6 71 18 6 6 65 24 6 59 35 6 71 24 6 6 88 6 53 41 6 35 53 6 6 6 94 6 24 41 29 6 12 29 53 6 18 47 29 6 6 35 53 6 29 35 29 6 35 35 24 6 29 47 18 6 18 47 29 6 35 53 6 6 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 47 1? -29- 53 82 35 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS 'RODUCT CLASS NAME Edition, library, and other hard-cover book-binding 3 R0DUCT CLASS NUMBER 27891 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 13 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 , I. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference II. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 , (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 23 77 15 38 46 46 15 38 38 23 38 31 31 38 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 31 15- 15 23 _23_ 62 31 54 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent : A) oi critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service , (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities , (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection . (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning , (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as hem VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) . . , (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D (%) 15 46 31 8 31 62 8 54 38 8 38 54 8 15 38 46 62 23 8 8 31 15 46 8 31 69 92 8 38 46 8 8 8 23 62 8 15 54 31 23 69 8 69 31 6Q 73 R 15 62 15 8 62 23 8 8 8 38 46 8 100 15 38 38 8 38 62 8 46 38 8 31 69 15 46 31 8 46 46 8 15 54 23 8 38 54 8 38 38 15 8 i VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers . . ...... (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firm 77 23 15 54 8 62 38 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS •RODUCT CLASS NAME Typesetting and typographic work RODUCT CLASS NUMBER 27910 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 17 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 I. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 , (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 12 88 65 24 12 29 24 47 6 53 41 18 35 47 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 12 53. 12. 35 53 18 65 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service , (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities , (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection , (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group , (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning , (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III. VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 41 53 6 12 82 6 6 59 29 6 6 35 53 6 12 71 12 6 29 65 6 6 29 59 6 18 76 6 94 6 35 53 6 6 59 35 6 47 41 6 6 6 35 47 12 53 41 6 59 35 6 29 41 24 6 18 47 29 6 6 47 41 6 94 6 12 18 65 6 12 82 6 : 24 41 29 6 12 82 6 24 29 41 6 12 41 41 6 6 47 41 6 29 65 6 6 65 18 12 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 53 12 71 18 71 24 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Cyclic (coal tar) intermediates PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 28151 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 7 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) I. New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference 43 III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population , (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 57 43 86 14 86 14 86 14 43 43 14 Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Percent of firms V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 14 14 43 TZT TZT 14 29 14 43 14 14 43 29 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service , (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays , (6) Fire protection , (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning , (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major. highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 71 29 29 71 n 71 29 o 57 43 o 100 o 29 43 29 o 14 86 o 14 86 100 14 57 29 57 43 14 86 71 29 71 29 14 S7 29 57 43 29 57 14 29 71 14 71 14 57 43 14 29 57 29 57 14 57 29 14 43 57 29 57 14 71 29 29 71 86 14 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 29 71 71 14 71 43 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Synthetic organic dyes (cyclic dyes) PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 28152 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more , (8) No response 20 80 80 20 20 60 20 80 20 40 40 20 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres , (7) No response , V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees , (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response , 60 40 20 20 20 40 80 20 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) oi significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service , (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays , (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 80 20 20 80 20 60 20 80 20 80 20 80 20 60 40 20 80 100 80 20 60 40 80 20 80 20 40 60 100 80 20 20 80 80 20 40 60 80 20 60 40 80 20 60 40 20 60 20 20 60 20 60 40 100 20 80 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 60 20 20 80 40 60 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Miscellaneous acyclic chemicals and chemical products PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 28182 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 12 Yes (%) No No response (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population , (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 58 42 92 8 17 83 92 8 8 83 8 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 17 25 25 17 33 50 33 A2_ 17 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays , (6) Fire protection , (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group , (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning , (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III. VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 75 25 42 58 58 42 75 25 17 75 8 67 33 17 58 25 100 n 100 92 8 50 50 8 92 67 33 17 83 n 50 50 92 8 8 75 8 3 67 25 8 33 58 8 75 17 8 8 42 42 8 17 58 17 8 67 25 8 42 50 8 75 25 8 83 8 33 67 50 50 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers. (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 50 17 67 50 25 42 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME _ Synthetic ammonia, nitric acid and ammonium compounds PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 28191 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 11 Yes (%) No No response (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 18 64 18 91 9 9 82 9 91 9 18 82 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 55 18 36 45 36 36 27 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing - (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) ■nt: A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 82 18 36 64 73 27 55 45 9 73 18 27 55 18 36 55 9 27 73 9 91 18 73 9 5S 45 18 82 ss 45 18 73 9 Q 45 36 9 9 55 36 45 45 n 45 45 9 36 45 9 9 91 9 55 36 9 9 27 55 9 82 9 9 82 9 9 9 55 36 9 36 55 27 73 45 55 Percent of firms 36 73 73 82 18 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Thermoplastic resins (less resins for protective coverings) PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 28213 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 9 IV, Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select wore than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 , (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 78 22 78 22 22 56 22 78 22 78 22 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 33 56 11 11. XL JA. _23_ _3_3_ 22. 22. 22. VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays , (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 89 11 22 78 56 44 67 33 89 11 78 22 11 78 11 67 33 100 78 22 33 67 100 44 56 89 11 67 33 89 11 11 89 56 44 33 33 33 44 44 11 78 22 22 56 22 67 22 11 22 78 67 33 67 33 11 89 22 78 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company , (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 33 11 JD_ 89 11 89 22 11 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Miscellaneous noncellulosic synthetic organic fibers PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 28242 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 2 Yes (%) No No response (%) (%) I. New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 100 100 50 50 100 100 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 100 100 100 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds , (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities , (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning , (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III. VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 50 50 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 100 100 50 50 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 50 50 100 100 50 50 100 50 50 100 50 50 100 100 50 50 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 100 50 50 100 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Synthetic organic medicinal chemicals, in bulk PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER _ 28331 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 4_ IV. V. Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population , (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 , (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more , (8) No response 25 75 75 25 25 50 25 75 25 75 25 Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response Percent of firms 25 25 25 25 25 25 50 25 75 Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 25 75 75 25 50 25 25 25 50 25 75 25 50 25 25 50 25 25 25 75 75 2 5 inn 25 50 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 50 n 25 50 25 50 25 ?S 50 25 25 25 50 25 75 25 75 25 50 50 50 50 25 50 25 75 25 50 25 25 25 50 25 25 50 25 25 50 25 75 25 Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land , (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 25 25 50 50 50 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Pharmaceutical preparations acting on central nervous system PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 28342 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 10 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 , (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499^999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 60 lift 10 70 20 70 20 10 20 60 20 30 60 10 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres , (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees , (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 20 20 30 10 20 AH 20. 2£L 20 40 20 20 20 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds . (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection , (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group , (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning , (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 20 40 40 40 60 60 40 10 60 30 50 50 40 60 40 40 20 40 60 30 70 50 50 40 60 20 70 10 20 30 50 40 60 ?0 50 20 10 80 10 70 30 20 60 20 . 20 80 30 40 30 10 30 60 20 50 30 40 30 30 20 50 30 50 40 10 40 50 10 40 50 10 30 50 10 o VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 30 30 30 30 40 60 40 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Pharmaceutical preparations acting on digestive system, human PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 28345 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING __6 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1 ,000,000 or more (8) No response 17 67 17 17 83 83 17 100 17 83 Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response Percent of firms 17 17 33 33 17 50 33 67 33 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities , (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers . (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 17 50 33 n 100 83 17 o 83 17 o 17 50 33 83 17 67 17 17 n 17 83 100 o 83 17 83 17 17 67 17 o 83 17 50 50 100 17 83 33 67 67 33 | 17 83 j 17 67 17 17 50 33 67 33 17 50 33 17 83 i 33 50 17 33 50 17 o | 33 67 j 17 83 Percen t of firms 83 50 33 17 17 17 50 17 nergy 17 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Pharmaceutical preparations acting on the skin, for human h sp PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 28346 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING ? Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) I. New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select wore than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 , (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 50 50 100 100 100 100 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres ■ (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres , (7) No response , V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees , (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees , (5) No response 50 _5H ^Q_ .5JL 100 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service . , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 50 50 100 50 50 50 50 100 50 50 50 50 100 100 100 100 50 50 100 100 50 50 50 50 100 100 100 50 SO ■so SO 100 100 SO 50 100 100 100 100 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 100 50 100 50 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Vitamin, nutrient, and hematinic preparations, for human use PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 28347 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 3 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area III. B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population , (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 , (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 100 33 67 33 67 33 67 33 67 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 33 33 33 33 33. 33. 33. 33. 33. VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service , (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities , (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays , (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , . , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 33 67 33 67 67 33 100 100 67 33 33 67 100 100 33 33 33 67 33 67 33 33 67 100 33 67 n 67 33 100 33 67 33 67 33 67 67 33 100 33 33 33 33 67 33 67 33 67 33 67 100 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers. (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company , (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force , (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 33 67 67 33 33 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Specialty cleaninR and sanitation products PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 28423 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 4 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 50 50 100 50 25 25 50 50 50 50 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 75 25 75 25 25 7 5 o VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 25 75 25 75 100 100 50 50 100 50 50 25 75 n 25 75 75 25 25 75 75 25 75 25 50 50 50 50 75 25 75 25 75 25 25 75 50 25 25 25 50 25 25 50 25 50 25 25 100 100 50 25 25 50 50 50 25 25 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 100 25. 25. 75 75 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Perfumes, toilet water, and colognes PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 28442 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 4 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference II. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population , (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1 ,000,000 or more , (8) No response 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 2 5 25 50 75 25 IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response Percent of firms 25 25 25 25 50 25 25 25 25 25 25 VI. VII. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 25 ?5 50 25 75 25 75 75 25 25 75 75 25 75 25 25 75 50 50 75 25 50 50 50 25 25 25 25 50 25 75 50 50 25 50 25 75 25 50 25 25 25 25 50 25 25 50 25 25 50 75 25 50 50 25 50 2 5 SO 25 25 75 25 25 75 25 50 25 o VIM. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 23. 3£L 25. 50 50 25 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Miscellaneous cosmetics and toilet preparations PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 28445 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 11 Yes (%) No No response (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population , (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 , (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more , (8) No response 27 73 91 9 73 18 9 27 55 18 36 64 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 9 18 9 9 9 . 27 18 9 45 27 9 9 45 27 9 18 VI. VII. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities , (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays , (6) Fire protection , (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A (%) B (%) C (%) D (%) 64 55 27 18 36 27 45 18 27 36 55 18 45 27 18 64 36 55 82 82 36 45 64 18 73 45 82 64 55 55 55 55 64 36 55 36 45 36 64 45 64 64 73 36 _6A 45 18 36 73 45 27 27 64 27 36 27 27 VIM. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 64 H. 45 36 64 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Agricul tural insecticidal and fungicidal preparations PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 28790 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 10 Yes (%) No No response (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 50 50 80 20 10 80 10 90 10 20 60 20 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 30 40 10 10 _1£_ JSL 50 10 10 20 10 40 50 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service , (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities , (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays . (6) Fire protection , (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group . (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning . (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III. VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers . (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) nt: A(%) B(%) ( 3(%) : ! D(%) | n 60 40 30 70 40 60 70 30 ! 50 50 20 60 20 30 60 10 20 80 1 100 80 20 30 70 100 10 60 20 10 90 10 50 40 in ! 10 40 50 o 30 70 n 70 30 o 10 50 40 80 10 10 10 80 10 30 40 30 50 20 30 40 60 20 50 30 50 40 10 100 30 70 l Percen t of firms 70 10 10 20 70 10 40 10 nergy 50 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Miscellaneous chemicals and chemical preparations PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 28993 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 20 Yes (%) No No response (%) (%) I. New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 , (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more , (8) No response 30 70 85 15 55 35 10 50 40 10 40 50 10 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 10 30 10 25 15 1Q_ 20 45 25 40 50 VI. VII. VIII, Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service , (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities , (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays , (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service - (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A (%) B (%) C (%) D (%) 20 75 25 30 15 15 20 45 30 15 40 50 25 25 45 15 25 60 15 50 55 80 20 70 30 70 40 55 75 70 J15_ 80 50 60 50 45 40 40 70 60 45 60 85 20 80 50 45 15 JSL 31. 50 30 10 10 _6_5_ 20 35 95 20 40 20 10 15 10 25 10 Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company , (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries , (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force , (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 65 11 JSL 10 60 65 15 30 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Liquefied refinery gases (feed stock and other uses) PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 29116 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 6 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) I. New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 , li. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area Ill B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population , (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 , (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 33 67 67 33 50 33 17 50 33 17 50 33 17 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 67 33 ^0. 17 33 50 33 17 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 100 50 50 100 100 100 17 67 17 17 67 17 33 67 o 33 67 17 67 17 83 17 17 83 67 33 17 83 67 33 83 17 67 33 83 17 33 67 67 33 100 67 33 67 33 67 33 17 50 33 17 83 17 83 33 50 17 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 33 67 67 67 67 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Asphalt and tar paving mixtures and blocks PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 29510 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 5 Yes (%) No No response (%) (%) I. New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 , (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 40 60 60 40 40 40 20 80 20 40 20 40 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 20 40 20 20 40 60 20 80 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities , (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays , (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 80 20 60 20 20 20 60 20 80 20 60 20 20 20 40 20 20 20 60 20 80 20 80 20 20 20 40 20 40 40 20 60 20 20 60 20 20 80 20 20 60 20 20 40 20 20 20 60 20 20 60 20 20 60 20 20 40 20 20 80 20 40 40 20 20 60 20 20 40 20 20 40 40 20 80 20 80 20 60 40 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers , (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company , (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries , (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force , (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 60 J0_ _4JL 20 20 80 20 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DhTERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Foamed plastics products PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 30792 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 13 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 38 62 85 15 21 69 8 85 8 8 38 46 15 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response • V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 38 21. _L5_ M. 21. 23 _15_ ^8_ 23 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service , (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 77 23 8 L& 4^ n 54 46 69 31 8 54 38 77 23 23 54 23 54 46 100 23 77 69 31 69 31 31 54 15 100 62 38 8 85 8 46 54 62 38 8 92 69 31 31 69 31 31 38 23 23 54 31 54 15 62 38 8 54 38 15 69 15 23 62 L5 o Percent of firms 54 31 77 62 38 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Packaging and shipping containers (plastic) PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 30794 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 26 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 , (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 50 50 77 23 46 35 19 38 42 19 50 35 15 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 27 23 23 19 54 12 _3_1. _5iL 1Z_ VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 8 58 31 4 31 65 4 4 62 31 4 4 38 54 4 8 73 15 4 46 46 4 4 42 38 15 4 4 35 58 4 96 4 23 69 4 4 4 50 42 4 12 81 4 4 23 69 4 4 4 85 8 4 n 65 31 4 77 15 8 50 46 4 8 54 L__ 3J_ 8 4 12 77 8 35 38 23 4 8 73 15 4 12 65 19 4 31 46 19 4 12 77 8 4 15 65 15 4 23 58 15 4 4 65 27 4 19 65 4 12 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 69 19 15 73 77 12 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Industr ial plastics products PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 30795 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 52 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) I. New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 , (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 27 73 6 61 33 37 33 31 44 31 25 54 27 19 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 27 21 12 19 12 12. JL 23. Ak. 21 Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection , (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning , (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 13 54 33 8 40 52 4 46 50 2 54 44 10 67 23 48 48 4 38 46 15 2 27 71 2 9H 31 63 6 2 63 35 13 71 15 23 67 8 2 4 73 21 2 4 65 31 6 79 15 31 63 6 15 67 17 2 8 90 in 42 48 4 3 7 60 38 50 12 29 44 27 35 54 12 27 63 10 19 73 8 8 71 21 13 83 4 Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 40 IX 2X XL _6_L XL AL U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Construction plastics products 'RODUCT CLASS NUMBER 30796 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 11 Yes (%) No No response (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 I. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 27 64 9 82 18 64 18 18 36 45 18 73 18 9 Percent of firms V. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 18 JJ_ _18_ 13. 22. 91 18 _4J_ 36 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent : A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation. (4) Scheduled rail service. , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D (%) 9 64 27 36 64 64 36 45 55 55 45 45 55 45 55 45 55 100 27 64 9 55 45 9 91 27 64 9 9 82 9 73 27 100 55 45 9 73 18 27 73 36 55 9 18 45 36 18 55 27 n 63 36 18 36 45 9 81 9 18 81 n mo n Q Q1 n VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 55 36 82 45 18 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Glass containers PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 32210 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 11 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select wore than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Ml. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 , (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 45 55 82 18 36 45 18 91 9 36 45 18 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V, Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 36 18 18 27 45 45 36 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds , (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning , (15) Strict industrial zoning , (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 9 45 36 9 55 36 9 55 45 73 18 9 100 45 45 9 27 55 9 9 27 64 9 91 9 18 55 18 9 45 45 9 91 9 36 55 9 9 91 64 36 73 18 9 36 55 9 9 18 64 9 0. 9 82 9 82 18 91 9 18 64 9 9 27 64 9 91 9 27 45 27 73 18 9 45 36 9 9 55 36 9 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 3A. 27 82 64 27 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Table, kitchen, art and novelty glassware PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 32291 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 10 IV. V. Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area ......... (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 10 80 10 70 30 20 50 30 90 10 20 50 30 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees , (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 60 30 10 30 -50. _2D_ 3Q_ _4£L 30. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays , (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers . (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 20 50 20 10 10 10 70 10 60 30 10 60 30 10 30 40 30 50 50 30 40 20 10 10 80 10 90 10 30 70 10 50 30 10 20 60 10 10 90 10 70 20 10 70 20 10 80 10 10 40 60 10 50 30 10 10 80 10 60 40 30 60 10 20 70 10 20 50 10 20 90 10 20 70 10 20 60 10 10 40 30 10 20 30 60 10 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 50 10 10 10 60 70 40 30 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Glass fiber - textile type fiber PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 32293 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 , (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 100 50 50 50 50 100 50 50 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 50 50 ^0. 50 50 50 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) oi critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection , (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group , (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning , (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 100 50 50 100 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 100 50 50 100 50 50 100 100 50 50 100 50 50 50 50 100 50 50 50 50 100 50 50 100 50 50 50 50 100 100 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 50 50 100 50 50 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Mineral wool for industrial and equipment insulation PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 32962 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 4 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) I. New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 25 50 25 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres , (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 25 75 25 21. 1£L JLi 23. VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III. VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 50 50 25 75 75 25 25 75 75 25 25 75 25 25 50 o 100 100 25 75 25 75 100 50 50 100 50 50 75 25 25 75 25 75 100 50 50 75 25 50 50 50 50 75 25 25 75 50 50 25 75 50 50 0__j VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 50 25 50 75 25 25 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Cast iron pressure pipe and fittings PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 33212 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING Yes (%) No No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population , (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more , (8) No response 100 20 60 20 60 40 60 20 20 80 20 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres , (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 20 60 20 60 20 20 40 40 20 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 20 40 40 40 60 80 20 60 40 80 20 60 40 80 20 100 100 60 40 60 40 80 20 40 60 20 80 40 60 100 20 60 20 40 60 20 80 60 40 80 20 40 60 40 60 60 40 20 80 20 80 100 20 80 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 100 2SL J2SL A£L 60 20. 20. U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Miscellaneous gray iron castings PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 33214 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 73 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 , (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 16 75 8 1 87 11 34 56 10 67 27 5 36 55 10 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees , (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 31 11 27 10- nr 49 22 19 30 3L 11 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service , (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities , (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays , (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service - (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 8 34 51 7 12 27 53 7 3 66 23 8 1 46 44 8 11 63 19 7 51 40 3 7 38 42 11 8 16 75 8 92 8 31 57 3 8 11 45 36 8 19 60 15 5 29 59 5 7 1 5 67 14 4 4 40 49 7 7 79 7 7 37 59 4 5 30 57 7 1 14 78 7 42 42 11 4 29 64 7 27 52 14 7 ?o 51 23 5 55 34 4 7 22 52 19 7 30 51 14 5 22 60 11 7 34 60 5 VIM. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 36 36 34 10 52 45 40 25 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Malleable iron castings PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 33220 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 21 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population , (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 , (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 24 76 5 81 14 19 67 14 57 38 5 38 52 10 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 14 24 28 24 10 12. 10 14 24 28 33 14 VI. VII. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds , (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group , (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A (%) B (%) C (%) D (%) 10 IS. JUL 22. 2A. 24 19 33 19 10 JlL 31 2k. 33 _6_2_ 28 A2. 2k 22. 48 31. 67 31. 76 1L 31. 14 71 71 76 62 71 52 86 43 43 24 32. AS_ 48 52 33 52 38 31 31 43 38 33 48 14 JL9_ 86 95 28 10 38 10 48 ej_ 10 43 24 10 14 10 19 14 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 48 Ik _24_ 38 57 43 33 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Steel investment castings (all grades) PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 33231 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 10 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select wore than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population , (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 , (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 50 50 80 20 60 20 20 60 30 10 40 40 20 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response ^0_ JUL _20_ JjQ. 10 30 40 20 10 20 20 40 10 JIL VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent : A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers . (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 10 60 20 10 20 70 10 50 40 10 30 60 10 90 10 30 60 10 40 50 10 40 50 10 10 70 20 20 70 10 60 30 10 70 20 10 20 70 10 10 70 10 10 10 40 40 10 70 20 10 50 40 10 20 50 20 10 10 80 10 20 60 10 10 40 50 10 30 60 10 40 50 10 40 50 10 10 80 10 20 70 10 10 80 10 20 70 10 ■ Percent of firms | 30 30 60 : 10 30 50 30 riergy U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Miscellaneous carbon steel castings PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 33232 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 22 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) I. New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 95 5 9 64 27 32 45 23 68 23 9 32 45 23 Percent of firms IV, Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 18 14 18 14 14 18 A9_ _23_ Ik. 27 21. Jtl VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group , (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning , (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A (%) B (%) C(%) D(%) 5 50 45 36 64 68 32 41 59 23 68 9 54 36 9 23 59 18 14 86 100 23 68 9 50 50 23 64 14 23 64 9 5 23 68 9 54 45 9 64 23 5 18 68 9 5 50 45 5 14 82 5 45 41 14 32 64 5 23 54 23 23 54 23 59 32 9 18 59 23 23 50 23 5 23 50 23 5 36 50 14 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your, distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 23 36 32 45 50 50 32 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Miscellaneous alloy steel castings PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 33233 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 17 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 18 71 12 71 29 29 41 29 76 12 12 35 47 18 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres • (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 18 24 35 12 13. JlL _29_ 12 18 35 24 24 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays , (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers , (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) nt: A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 6 47 41 6 65 35 6 71 18 6 53 41 6 6 76 12 6 53 41 6 18 71 12 18 76 6 6 88 6 24 71 6 47 47 6 18 71 6 6 24 71 6 88 12 59 35 6 71 24 6 41 47 12 12 41 41 6 6 18 76 35 47 12 6 18 35 41 6 29 47 24 18 53 24 6 41 53 6 24 53 18 6 24 59 12 6 18 59 6 18 24 76 . Percent of firms 47 24 29 12 41 53 53 nergy 18 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Rolled, drawn and extruded copper mill products PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 33512 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 14 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 , (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more , (8) No response 14 79 7 79 21 50 29 21 50 36 14 43 43 14 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 22 14 14 14 64 14 36 _26_ 14 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service , (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities , (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays , (6) Fire protection - (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers. (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 64 36 14 43 43 86 14 64 36 7 86 7 29 71 43 57 29 71 14 86 14 86 7 57 36 7 7Q 14 D Q3 7 7 7Q 14 7 57 36 93 7 57 43 50 50 14 86 29 50 21 7 64 29 14 71 14 21 71 7 43 57 29 71 14 71 14 43 43 14 29 64 7 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms sele'cting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 57 21. AA. 79 21 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Aluminum plate and sheet (including foil stock) PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 33522 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 3 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population , (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 , (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 33 67 33 33 33 33 33 33 67 33 33 33 33 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 67 33 32l 3± 33 67 33 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent : A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds , (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities , (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing , (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers , (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning , (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 33 67 ! 33 67 67 33 67 33 33 67 100 67 33 33 67 100 67 33 33 67 33 67 33 67 33 33 33 33 67 100 33 33 33 33 67 100 33 67 33 33 33 33 67 67 33 67 33 100 100 33 67 67 33 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company , (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force , (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 67 33 33 100 33 33 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Extruded aluminum rod, bar, and other shapes, except tube PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 33525 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 13 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more , (8) No response 31 69 77 23 54 46 46 31 23 31 46 23 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 23 23 15 _23_ 62 M. 21. ^L 23 Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 8 62 23 8 8 38 46 8 69 23 8 62 31 8 8 77 8 8 31 62 8 8 85 8 15 77 8 92 8 85 8 8 62 31 8 8 85 8 23 62 15 15 77 8 "54 38 8 85 15 23 77 8 69 23 15 85 8 62 31 8 46 38 8 38 38 15 8 23 54 15 8 69 31 23 62 8 8 23 54 23 15 69 15 8 77 8 8 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 38 13. JJ_ 63_ 85 31 38 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Copper and alloy wire, for electrical transmission PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 33572 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 6 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 83 17 100 67 33 50 50 50 50 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 17 50 17 17 32. ^0_ _L7_ 17 67 17 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection , (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group , (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning , (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 67 17 17 17 67 17 50 33 17 33 50 17 17 50 17 17 17 50 17 17 33 33 17 17 83 17 100 17 83 17 17 67 83 17 83 17 17 67 17 D 50 50 n 83 17 33 67 17 50 33 17 83 50 33 17 17 33 50 17 67 17 33 50 17 50 17 33 33 67 33 50 17 83 17 17 83 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 50 17 22. XL 67 33 5£L U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Communication wire and cable PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 33574 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area Ill B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 11 89 11 56 33 44 33 22 67 11 22 11 67 22 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 22 11 22_ 22. 11 11. Ji6_ J13_ 11 33 67 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV . . , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 56 44 11 11 78 56 44 56 44 11 44 44 33 67 11 78 11 11 89 100 78 11 11 33 67 11 67 22 11 56 33 56 44 44 44 11 89 11 22 78 67 33 11 89 33 33 33 44 56 33 44 22 11 67 22 11 67 22 11 67 22 78 22 11 67 22 11 78 11 Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 78 22 100 78 11 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Magnet wire PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 33577 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) I. New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population , (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 20 80 100 40 60 80 20 60 40 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 40 60 80 20 20 60 20 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 80 20 20 20 60 40 60 40 60 90 40 40 90 RO 20 60 20 n n 100 n n 100 o 100 40 20 40 20 60 20 40 60 20 40 40 20 20 60 60 40 40 40 20 20 80 100 20 20 60 100 20 40 40 20 40 40 60 40 40 40 20 40 40 20 20 60 20 20 60 20 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 60 AQ. 20 _6JL 40 20 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Power wire and cable PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 33578 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING I. New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 , (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 40 60 40 60 ^0 20 40 80 20 40 60 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response .» V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response lant 20 40 40 80 20 20 20 60 VI. VII Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation. (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 40 60 60 40 60 40 60 40 20 80 20 60 20 20 80 ?n 80 100 40 60 80 20 20 80 40 60 100 80 20 100 20 80 40 60 100 40 40 20 20 40 40 40 20 40 20 60 20 40 40 20 20 80 20 60 20 20 60 20 20 80 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 20 20 20 80 40 80 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Aluminum and aluminum-base alloy castings PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 33610 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 34 IV. Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference II. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 , (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 23 70 6 3 70 26 32 50 18 SQ 18 23 56 32 12 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 18 21 35 15 15 68 11. 12 35_ Ak. VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent : A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning , (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 12 47 38 3 6 21 70 3 6 62 29 3 3 56 38 3 6 62 26 6 44 50 6 23 53 21 3 26 70 3 97 3 26 70 3 3 56 38 3 12 68 18 3 18 62 15 6 3 79 15 3 3 68 26 3 79 15 6 35 65 3 59 38 9 91 Q 50 41 3 32 62 3 32 53 15 3? 53 15 76 24 Q 70 21 12 68 21 9 70 18 3 12 88 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 35 41 21 12 32 44 62 21 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Drop, upset and press steel forgings (closed die*) PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 33911 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 28 Yes No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population , (2) 25,000-49,999 , (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 7 86 7 4 68 29 18 53 29 71 14 14 25 53 21 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 18 21 23_ 11 14 53 14 11 18 .22. Al. VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays , (6) Fire protection , (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 4 46 43 7 36 57 7 68 29 4 4 43 46 7 7 71 14 7 36 53 11 32 57 4 7 21 71 7 93 7 25 61 7 7 4 68 21 7 14 68 14 4 18 68 7 7 25 61 14 7 43 43 7 79 18 4 36 61 4 4 39 53 4 14 82 4 29 50 21 4 50 39 7 7 64 29 32 43 21 4 53 36 11 11 75 11 4 11 75 11 4 36 46 18 29 64 4 4 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other^plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 53 14 57 11 46 57 39 18 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Nonferrous forcings PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 33920 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 4 New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference 50 III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 25 50 25 100 50 50 75 25 50 50 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 21. 23_ 100 _2_5_ 50 25 VII Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds , (3) Vocational training facilities. (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group , (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning , (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item HI, Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 100 25 75 100 100 50 50 50 SO 25 75 25 75 1C0 50 50 25 75 100 75 25 50 50 50 25 25 100 100 100 100 75 25 50 50 100 100 25 75 100 100 25 75 100 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force , (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 25 25 25 25 50 75 25 25 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Metal powders and paste PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 33991 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more , (8) No response 33 67 100 o inn 100 100 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 67 33 67 _3J_ 100 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds , (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group , (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning , (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 100 33 33 33 33 67 33 67 33 67 33 67 67 33 33 67 100 100 67 33 33 33 33 67 33 100 n 67 33 67 33 100 33 67 100 33 67 33 67 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 67 33 67 33 33 67 33 67 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 67 33 67 100 33 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Heat treating of metal for the trade PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 33996 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population , (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 29 71 71 29 71 14 14 29 43 29 57 29 14 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 14 29 43 14 43 43 Ik. 14 _29_ ?Q 29 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service , (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities , (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection , (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning , (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 43 57 43 57 71 29 29 71 71 29 57 29 14 29 57 14 14 86 100 29 71 71 29 29 57 14 14 86 100 43 57 14 71 14 57 29 14 14 29 57 29 71 2Q 14 57 14 86 43 43 14 ?Q 71 86 14 ?Q 43 2Q 29 57 14 29 29 43 29 71 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 43 14 A3_ JLL 71 29 14 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Cutlery, scissors, shears, trimmers & snips, except power PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 34211 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 13 Yes (%) No No response (%) (%) I. New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 100 8 69 23 46 38 15 46 31 23 38 54 8 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response J1L 2lL J_5_ 15 62 15 31 31 15 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service , (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III. VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 62 31 8 15 77 8 54 38 8 46 46 8 69 31 54 38 8 31 38 23 8 8 31 54 8 92 8 38 54 8 54 46 23 54 23 31 69 85 8 8 46 46 R 85 8 8 46 46 8 77 15 8 15 77 8 46 46 8 23 69 8 38 46 15 54 38 8 31 62 8 31 62 8 23 69 8 8 69 15 8 8 85 8 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 46 54 M. 23 21. 46 31 15 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Mechanics' hand service tools PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 34231 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 20 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 35 65 65 35 35 30 35 60 25 15 35 40 25 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 20 25 15 20 30 55 10 10 15 45 25 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 15 50 35 5 40 55 85 15 65 35 5 85 10 50 50 35 55 10 5 5 90 n 100 30 70 65 35 15 75 10 25 65 5 5 10 75 15 80 20 10 70 15 5 45 55 15 40 45 10 90 65 35 50 50 35 55 10 20 50 30 55 35 10 35 65 25 65 10 10 70 20 15 80 5 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 55- J_0_ A5-. _25_ 25. 55- ^o_ 10 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Files, rasps and file accessories &. other hand tools PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 34233 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 11 Yes No (%) (%) No response (%) I. New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area III. B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 27 73 82 18 18 64 18 91 9 27 55 18 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees ■ (5) No response • 27 23. 23. 64 18 45 27 27 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service , (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities , (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays , (6) Fire protection , (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 45 45 9 36 55 9 55 36 9 45 45 9 73 27 36 55 9 27 73 9 82 9 9 82 9 36 55 9 9 64 27 18 73 9 27 64 9 n 82 9 9 7? 1« q 73 18 9 36 64 45 55 18 73 9 55 36 9 27 64 9 27 55 18 18 55 18 9 9 64 18 9 9 64 18 9 73 18 9 9 45 36 9 18 82 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 55 27 21. 36 45 82 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Fabricated structural iron and steel for buildings PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 34411 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 49 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population , (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 27 71 2 8 63 29 41 35 24 41 35 24 - 39 39 22 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 22 25 20 18 JlL Ik. 10 63 16 VII. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent : A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds , (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection , (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 8 41 43 8 6 41 45 8 2 71 18 8 49 43 8 4 63 27 6 24 53 14 8 43 41 8 8 12 80 8 4 88 8 24 59 8 8 2 57 33 8 33 61 6 8 63 18 10 8 71 12 8 4 55 27 14 8 71 10 10 47 39 4 10 2 24 63 10 18 33 39 10 57 29 4 10 12 35 43 10 6 37 47 10 4 27 59 10 16 55 18 10 2 39 51 8 4 43 45 8 12 67 14 6 29 65 6 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company , (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force - (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 45 29 35 45 65 31 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Miscellaneous fabricated structural iron and steel PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 34413 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 13 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference 15 III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 23 69 8 62 38 31 31 38 46 31 23 15 62 23 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 23 23 15 8 15 8 8 8 54 23 8 8 23 62 8 8 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities , (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection , (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning , (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 15 46 31 8 38 54 8 69 23 8 54 38 8 8 77 8 8 23 54 15 8 38 46 8 8 8 85 8 92 8 23 62 8 8 69 23 8 15 69 8 8 77 15 8 15 69 8 8 62 31 8 77 8 15 46 46 8 8 38 46 8 23 31 38 8 54 38 8 15 23 54 8 15 54 23 8 8 46 38 8 38 38 15 8 31 31 31 8 23 38 31 8 15 62 15 8 31 46 8 15 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers . . ...... (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 62 31. 23. 33. 69 23 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Heat exchangers and steam condensers PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 34431 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 13 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference 54 III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 15 69 15 8 85 8 69 23 8 54 38 8 54 46 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 23 31 15 15 _62_ 23 15 23 46 15 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service , (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays , (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning , (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item HI, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 8 62 31 8 31 6? 62 38 69 31 8 69 23 15 85 31 46 23 23 77 100 8 85 8 46 54 23 77 92 8 8 69 23 31 69 85 8 8 23 69 8 15 31 54 23 23 54 38 54 8 46 54 8 69 23 15 46 38 23 69 8 23 54 23 8 77 15 15 62 23 8 92 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries , (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force , (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms JLL 11. 31 54 62 46 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Fabricated steel plate (including stacks and weldments) PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 34432 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 22 New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 27 73 14 68 18 41 41 18 41 27 32 27 41 32 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees • (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 18 18 14 14 14 IX A3. 23. IB. _64_ -L4_ VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds , (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities - (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing , (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning , (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 45 50 5 50 45 5 5 77 14 5 5 55 3.6 5 5 82 9 5 27 64 5 5 36 55 5 5 27 68 5 9 86 5 23 64 9 5 5 68 23 5 23 73 5 14 55 27 5 9 68 18 5 50 45 5 5 77 9 9 41 55 5 9 59 27 5 9 32 55 5 23 68 5 5 5 41 50 5 9 55 32 5 45 50 5 14 55 27 5 14 55 27 5 9 45 41 5 9 55 32 5 23 59 9 9 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to yo'ur distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 59 23 27 , 41 77 27 9 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Culverts, flumes, irrigation pipes PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 34442 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population , (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Percent of firms IV Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 50 50 50 50 50 .£Q_ VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III. VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 100 100 50 50 100 50 50 50 50 100 100 50 50 100 50 50 50 50 100 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 50 100 50 100 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Architectural and ornamental metal work PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 34460 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 15 New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 , Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 27 73 13 60 27 40 53 7 27 47 27 67 13 20 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees ■ (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 20 33 13 20 40 47 13 67 33 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds , (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning , (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 13 60 27 40 60 7 73 20 53 47 80 20 20 73 7 27 47 27 20 80 100 20 73 7 80 20 20 67 13 7 80 13 80 20 87 13 87 13 33 67 13 60 27 40 60 27 ■ 47 27 80 20 27 47 27 7 27 60 7 27 47 27 13 67 20 13 53 33 7 87 7 27 60 7 7 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 60 47 67 20 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Prefabricated and portable metal buildings and parts PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 34492 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 11 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 , (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 36 64 9 73 18 55 45 36 45 18 18 64 18 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 27 36 18 18 J6_ 21. 36 36 18 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III. VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 9 36 5 5 45 55 64 36 45 55 64 36 91 9 55 27 18 9 91 9 91 91 9 64 36 9 91 18 55 27 100 0" 73 27 82 18 45 55 18 36 45 9 27 64 45 36 18 9 73 18 18 45 36 18 9 64 9 18 73 9 9 45 45 9 45 45 9 73 18 27 73 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 64 64 55 55 36 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Screw machine products PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 34510 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 34 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 , (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 15 85 65 35 50 23 27 41 27 32 50 32 18 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 12 21 2£l 15. 32 56 32 47 12 VI. VII. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds , (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities , (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing . . (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning , (15) Strict industrial zoning , (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation - (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 15 29 50 6 6 18 71 6 3 68 23 6 53 41 6 9 79 3 9 44 50 6 32 56 6 6 3 3 88 6 94 6 29 65 6 3 59 32 6 18 71 6 6 12 56 26 6 3 65 26 6 9 71 15 6 6 76 9 9 41 50 3 6 15 62 18 6 6 6 82 6 3 29 6? 6 3 6 85 6 IS 65 15 6 12 3 5 47 6 32 47 15 6 26 56 12 6 15 59 21 6 _6 59 29 6 18 71 6 6 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 38 29 44 53 50 29 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Job stampings (except automnt.ivp) PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 34612 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 38. IV Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1 ,000,000 or more (8) No response 29 68 3 5 76 18 52 29 18 47 42 11 52 29 18 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 13 26 21 11 32 58 13 52 29 VII. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service . , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 5 55 39 39 61 n 71 29 o 3 52 45- o 5 82 13 45 52 3 32 50 18 3 16 82 3 97 32 68 58 42 16 74 11 24 61 11 5 71 26 3 S? 42 5 71 21 8 37 63 11 66 24 5 94 11 34 55 3 18 79 18 61 21 8 50 42 29 63 8 18 68 13 26 55 18 13 47 39 13 84 3 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force , (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 34 21 37 18 58 13 61 34 11 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Stamped & spun aluminum cooking & kitchen utensils PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 34614 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 4 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) I. New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 50 25 25 100 25 75 75 25 50 50 IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response Percent of firms 75 25 75 25 25 25 50 Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) ?5 75 50 50 50 50 75 25 100 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 25 75 100 100 25 75 25 7 5 ?5 75 25 75 50 50 75 25 100 25 75 25 50 25 25 50 25 75 25 100 50 50 25 75 100 50 25 25 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 100 50 100 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Metal commercial and home canning closures PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 34616 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 6 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 33 67 100 67 33 17 83 100 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 50 33 17 17 67 17 33 50 17 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service , (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities , (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays , (6) Fire protection , (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 50 50 50 50 100 83 17 83 17 50 50 33 67 83 17 n 17 83 33 67 83 17 33 67 17 83 100 n 83 17 17 67 17 83 17 33 67 17 . 50 33 67 17 17 33 67 33 67 83 17 33 67 17 83 17 83 33 67 17 83 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 17 17 50 17 67 17 83 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Miscellaneous stamped and pressed metal end products PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 346 1 8 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 25 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area Ill B. Industrial park preference 56 Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response 36 64 12 72 16 32 52 16 56 32 12 56 32 12 Percent of firms Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 24 32 12 JA. 2k. Ml 48 36 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays , (6) Fire protection , (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 12 56 32 36 64 4 48 48 4 36 60 4 84 12 48 52 32 44 24 36 64 4 96 32 60 8 44 56 84 16 16 72 4 8 68 28 4 • n 60 36 4 o 84 8 8 28 64 8 4 48 48 4 16 76 4 16 44 36 4 8 48 40 4 16 52 28 4 8 48 40 4 20 72 8 4 76 16 4 4 60 28 8 16 64 12 8 28 60 12 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 40 24 28 56 72 20 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Electroplating, plating and polishing PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 34710 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 31 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 , (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 19 77 3 13 48 39 52 23 26 35 32 32 42 35 23 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 16 10 10 16 13 32 _25_ 31. 58 29 VII Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 3 45 42 10 6 32 52 10 45 48 6 45 45 10 13 52 26 10 52 35 3 10 23 35 32 10 6 84 10 90 10 32 52 6 10 6 58 29 6 6 71 13 10 16 77 6 23 61 6 10 39 52 10 16 71 3 10 35 48 3 13 6 35 52 6 6 84 10 3 35 52 10 3 19 68 10 52 26 13 10 29 48 13 10 39 45 10 6 45 45 3 6 39 42 13 6 16 29 42 13 35 42 10 13 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 35 16 23 13 55 74 13 45 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Coating, engraving, and allied services PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 34790 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference _3 III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 38 50 13 25 63 13 38 38 25 38 38 25 38 50 13 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre . .' (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response ■ 13 13 13 11. 49 50 38 13 13 13 50 25 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing - (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 50 38 13 38 SO 13 38 50 13 50 38 13 13 75 13 38 50 13 25 50 13 13 13 25 50 13 88 13 13 75 13 38 50 13 88 13 25 50 13 13 13 25 50 13 38 SO 13 25 75 25 63 13 63 38 25 63 13 13 62 13 13 38 50 13 25 50 13 13 25 63 13 38 50 13 13 88 13 50 25 13 75 13 13 13 88 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 38 25 38 63 100 13 25 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Automatic regulating and control valves PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 34941 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 11 III IV Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) I. New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 - II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 27 73 55 45 45 27 27 27 36 36 27 36 36 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 45 18 27 36_ 21. M. JJ_ VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III. VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 18 36 45 n 27 73 n 64 36 55 45 n 27 64 9 n 45 55 n 36 27 36 n 9 91 n n inn 36 55 9 55 45 36 64 18 82 18 64 18 9 73 18 9 64 27 18 73 n 9 18 64 18 18 82 n 27 73 9 91 27 27 45 18 73 9 27 27 45 n 27 45 27 n 27 45 27 n 36 36 27 n 45 55 n VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 45 55 27 55 64 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Valves for power transfer (pneumatic and hydraulic) PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 34942 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 9 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select wore than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference 33 III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 11 89 11 67 22 56 33 22 67 22 11 33 44 22 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees • (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response ■ 33 22 11 33 11 5£l 22. 11 11 33 44 11 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds , (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group , (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III. VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 33 56 11 n 33 56 n 89 11 n 89 11 n 11 56 33 n 78 22 n n 33 67 n n 11 89 n inn n 56 44 n n 78 22 n 33 67 n n 78 22 n inn n n ?? 78 n n 11 89 n n 56 44 n n 67 33 n n . n inn n 22 22 56 n 33 67 n 44 56 n n 56 44 n 44 44 11 n 22 67 11 n 11 67 22 n 33 44 22 n 44 56 n n VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers , (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company , (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force , (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 56 33 22 22 67 11 78 44 33 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Other metal valves for piping systems and equipment PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 34943 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 22 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population , (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 36 64 14 77 9 41 50 9 45 50 5 59 36 5 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 27 27 64 1&. 23 23 27 27 VI. VI! Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing . . . (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 14 50 32 5 14 45 41 68 32 5 41 55 14 68 18 50 45 5 41 45 14 2 3 77 100 32 55 14 5 68 27 32 68 5 82 14 73 27 \ 50 45 77 18 5 45 55 14 68 18 14 86 5 32 64 36 64 9 59 32 36 64 23 68 9 5 73 23 9 68 23 14 55 32 27 64 5 5 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy. (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force , (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 59 12u 23 45 36 45 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Metal fittings, flanges and unions for piping systems PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 34945 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 11 III IV. Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 , II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 18 73 9 9 64 27 18 55 27 64 18 18 36 55 9 Percent of firms Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 27 27 18 18 18 64 64 18 VII. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service , (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing - (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 9 73 9 9 45 45 9 82 9 9 55 36 9 9 45 36 9 9 82 9 18 45 27 9 18 73 9 91 9 9 64 18 9 55 36 9 18 73 9 9 73 18 91 9 55 36 9 82 18 n 18 82 73 27 27 64 9 18 45 36 9 55 36 55 36 9 9 55 27 9 45 45 9 91 9 82 9 9 18 55 18 9 45 55 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 73 27 A5_ 27 ^5_ 36 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Fittings and assemblies for tubing and hose PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 34946 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 2 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 100 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre . .- (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 100 100 -5JL 50 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group ......... (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item HI, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 50 50 100 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 100 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 100 50 50 100 50 50 50 50 100 50 50 100 100 100 100 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to otrier plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 100 100 50 50 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Metal foil and leaf (except plain aluminum foil) PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 34970 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 6 Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area III. B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 33 67 83 17 67 17 17 50 33 17 67 17 17 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 17 17 17 17 17 16 33 33 17 17 33 33 17 17 VI. VII Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking . . (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning , (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 33 67 50 50 33 67 67 33 67 33 33 67 17 67 17 50 50 17 83 33 50 17 83 17 100 100 100 83 17 100 33 67 17 83 33 67 33 67 17 50 33 17 83 67 33 17 83 17 83 67 33 100 17 83 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force , (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 33 17 17 17 50 67 17 17 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Fabricated pipe and fittings (cut, threaded, etc.) PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 34980 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING _ 22 New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area III. B. Industrial park preference 45 Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) 27 73 9 68 23 55 27 18 36 32 32 45 36 18 IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Percent of firms V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 18 32 14 14 36 45 18 14 59 27 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds , (3) Vocational training facilities , (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection , (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group , (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A (96) B(%) C(%) D(%) 9 64 27 5 36 59 68 32 55 45 5 77 18 41 59 45 36 18 9 9 82 5 95 27 68 5 9 64 27 18 77 5 77 23 91 9 9 64 27 82 14 5 50 41 9 18 55 27 5 ■ 27 68 36 36 27 9 55 36 14 59 27 14 50 36 36 59 5 14 68 18 9 68 23 14 50 36 14 77 5 5 VIII. Locational Objectives To, Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company , (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries , (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force , (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 50 14 41 50 50 36 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Gasoline engines, under 11 horsepower PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 35191 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING Yes No No response (%) (%) (%) I. New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 , (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 50 ^0_ 50 50 50 50 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds , (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection , (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing*. (9) Public refrigerated warehousing (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group , (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning , (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) , (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) , (8) Natural gas service ■ , (9) Industrial sewage processing , (10) Solid waste disposal , (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV , A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 50 50 n 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 50 50 50 50 50 50 0, 100 SO 50 50 50 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 50 50 100 100 50 50 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from othe/ plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 50 50 50 100 50 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Parts and accessories for internal combustion engines PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 35199 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING 11 Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971- 1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area Ill B. Industrial park preference Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 , (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 45 55 9 64 27 55 27 18 45 27 27 64 18 18 IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response Percent of firms Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 27 27 27 55 18 18 36 18 27 VI. VII Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing . . . (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III, Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service (3) Water transportation (4) Scheduled rail service , (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) , (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service , (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 60 20 20 20 60 20 60 20 20 60 20 20 20 20 40 20 100 20 40 20 20 40 40 20 80 20 80 20 40 40 20 40 40 20 20 60 20 80 20 80 20 100 60 40 80 20 100 40 60 60 20 20 20 60 20 20 60 20 40 60 20 60 20 20 60 20 20 80 20 80 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other*plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 60 ML 60 60 40 20 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administration SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL LOCATION DETERMINANTS PRODUCT CLASS NAME Planting, seeding and fertilizing machinery PRODUCT CLASS NUMBER 35223 NUMBER OF FIRMS RESPONDING Yes (%) No (%) No response (%) New or Expanded Manufacturing Plants Firms with tentative plans to expand existing facilities or establish plants at new location between 1971-1975 II. Location of New or Expanded Establishment (Respondent could select more than one preference) A. Geographic preference: (1) Central city of a metropolitan area (2) Metropolitan suburban area (3) Non-metropolitan area B. Industrial park preference III. Community Size Preference (Community includes city and surrounding areas) (1) Under 25,000 population (2) 25,000-49,999 (3) 50,000-99,999 (4) 100,000-249,999 (5) 250,000-499,999 (6) 500,000-999,999 (7) 1,000,000 or more (8) No response 25 75 100 25 75 88 13 63 38 Percent of firms IV. Plant Site Size Preference (Plant site includes total land area including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) (1) Less than one acre (2) 1-4 acres (3) 5-20 acres (4) 21-50 acres (5) 51-100 acres (6) Over 100 acres (7) No response V. Approximate Number of Employees at Fully Operational New or Expanded Plant (1) 500 or more employees (2) 250-499 employees (3) 100-249 employees (4) Under 100 employees (5) No response 38 25 13 13 13 100 11 75 13 VI. Community Attributes Considered in Plant Location (Community attributes will be rated based on importance to respondent: A) of critical value; B) of significant to average value; C) of minimal value; D) no response.) (1) Air passenger service , (2) Local industrial bonds (3) Vocational training facilities , (4) Higher educational facilities (5) Tax incentives or tax holidays , (6) Fire protection (7) Contract trucking (8) Public warehousing (9) Public refrigerated warehousing , (10) Police protection (11) Local industrial development group (12) Pool of trained workers (13) Pool of unskilled workers (14) Lenient industrial zoning (15) Strict industrial zoning (16) Community population, as preferred in Item III VII. Plant Site Features (Rating scale same as Item VI) (1) Highway access (within 30 minutes of major highway interchange) (2) Scheduled air freight service , (3) Water transportation , (4) Scheduled rail service (5) Piggy back facilities (rail) (6) Industrial water supply (processed) (7) Industrial water supply (raw) (8) Natural gas service (9) Industrial sewage processing (10) Solid waste disposal (11) Soil load-bearing capabilities , (12) Plant site size, as preferred in Item IV A(%) B(%) C(%) D(%) 38 50 13 13 37 37 13 38 50 13 38 38 25 13 50 38 63 13 25 13 38 25 25 13 63 25 75 25 25 50 25 50 38 13 88 13 13 63 25 75 25 38 38 25 38 13 50 38 63 38 50 13 75 25 38 25 25 13 38 50 13 38 38 25 13 38 25 25 25 63 13 13 38 25 25 25 25 25 25 13 50 38 25 63 13 VIII. Locational Objectives To Be Achieved (Percentage of firms selecting item. Respondent could select as many as three objectives.) (1) Improvement in transportation efficiency or economy (2) Availability of larger parcel of land (3) Closer proximity to resources and/or major suppliers (4) Closer proximity to other plants of your company (5) Closer proximity to your distributors and/or your customers (6) Closer proximity to other firms in same or related industries (7) Ability to serve new and/or expanded markets (8) Minimize competition from other plants for labor force (9) To secure factors of location unique to your industry (special energy requirements, etc.) Percent of firms 38 11. 50 13 75 13 O U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE :1973— 511-323/191 APPENDIX B O.M.B. No. 4I-S7I009; Approval Expil ED-707A U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE SURVEY OF MANUFACTURING PLANT CHARACTERISTICS 1970 RETURN THIS COPY TO: Bureau of the Census Jeffersonville Census Operations Office Jeffersonville, Indiana 47130 NOTICE - The compilations, an individual compi ed only in statisth veal the operations nd address including ZIP code) CLASS OF PRODUCTS COVERED BY THIS REPORT: (See CODE in address box above; refer to description in Reference Manual) GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Please complete this form for the establishment identified above. The information requested refers to the locational and operational characteristics of this establishment during 1970. Note that no actual data totals are requested on this form. All that is necessary to complete each inquiry is to provide an estimate or rating that most appropriately describes the element or characteristic being studied. Part A - PLANT LOCATION AND CHARACTERISTICS ► Item 1 - Date Plant Constructed Indicate when this plant was constructed (or underwent MAJOR addition, expansion, or renovation) (Marie ONE box only) oioi □ I960 - 1967 0102 □ 1950 - 1959 0103 □ Prior to I950 0109 □ CENSUS USE ONLY ► Item 2 - Population of City or Place in which Plant is Located (Mark ONE box only) 0201 □ 50.000 or more - Skip to Item 4 0202 □ Less than 50,000 - Go to Item 3 ^ Item 3 - Distance of Plant from city or place with 50,000 or more population (Mark ONE box only) 0203 □ Less than 50 miles 0204 □ 50 miles or more 0209 □ CENSUS USE ONLY ► Item 4 - Site Characteristics a. Is this plant located in an industrial park? 030 1 nYes 0302 □ NO 0309 □ CENSUS USE ONLY b. What is the approximate size of the site (total land area, including physical facilities, parking, outside storage, etc.) occupied by this plant? (Mark ONE box only) 03ii □ Less than one acre 0312 □ I - 4 acres 0313 □ 5-20 acres 0314 I |21 - 50 acres 0315 □ 51 - 100 acres 0316 □ Over 100 acres 0319 □ CENSUS USE ONLY c. What is the approximate size, in square feet, of occupiable floor space (under roof) of this plant? (Mark ONE box only) Square feet 0321 □ Less than 10,000 0322 □ 10,000- 49,999 0323 □ 50,000- 99,999 0324 □ 100,000 - 199.999 32S □200,000-299,999 Square feet 0326 □ 300,000 - 399,999 0327 □ 400,000 - 499,999 328 □ 500,000 or more 0329 □ CENSUS USE ONLY PLEASE CONTINUE ON REVERSE SIDE Port 8 - PRODUCT AND MATERIAL DELIVERIES; WATER USE; HOURLY WAGE RATES DURING 1970 ► Item 5 - Principal Types of Materials Used How would you classify the materials consumed in the manufacturing operation of this plant? (Mark ONE box only) 0401 □ Principally raw materials, including first stage processing (e.g., debarked logs, graded vegetables, etc.) 0402 □ Principally processed materials, including semi-finished and finished products, parts and components (e.g., machinery, semiconductors, furniture core stock, etc.) 0403 Q Approximately equal proportions of raw and processed materials. 0409 □ CENSUS USE ONLY ► Item 6 - Delivery Schedules and Methods of Transportatio INSTRUCTIONS There are listed below five categories of time schedules and four methods of transportation generally used in shipping manufactured products and in receiving materials from suppliers. Please select and "rate" the three time schedules and the three trans- portation methods which, in your judgment, accounted for the Codes for rating items 6a and 6b below: 1 — Largest tonnage largest tonnage of products shipped from this plant during 1970. Similarly rate the three time schedules and the three trans- portation methods which, in your judgment, accounted for the largest tonnage of materials received at the plant during 1970. 2 - Second largest tonnage 3 - Third largest tonnage Note: If fewer than three modes of transportation are used or if fewer than three of the specified delivery time schedules apply, use rating codes I and/or 2, as appropriate. 6a. Delivery schedule for — (1) Products shipped by your plant (2) Materials received at your plant from suppliers . (Enter appropriate code(s) 1 , 2, and 3 from above) Same day delivery Overnight delivery Next day delivery Two-days delivery More than two-days delivery CENSUS USE ONLY 6b. Method of transportation used for ■ (1) Products shipped by your plant , (2) Materials received at your plant from suppliers . (Enter appropriate code(s) 1, 2, and 3 from abo CENSUS USE ONLY Exclude short haul del i" ■ from other means of i ► Item 7 - Water Used During 1970 a. What was the approximate total quantity of water intake during 1970 by this establishment? (Mark appropriate water-intake size class (millions of gallons per year)) 0501 □ Under 20 million gallons 0502 □ 20 - 99 million gallons 0503 Q 100 million gallons or more b. Does this establishment utilize a public water system for most of its industrial water intake? 0504 □ Yes 0505 [ I No 0509 □ CENSUS USE ONLY ► Item 8 - Hourly wage rates of production and related workers Listed to the right is a range of hourly wage rates. Please enter the approximate percentage, rounded to the nearest ten (10) percent, which best describes the proportion of production and related workers in each wage rate range. For example: If 60 percent of the plant's production workers earn between $2.75 and $3.25 per hour and the balance of these workers earn over $4.50 per hour, enter "60" in code box 0602 and "40" in code box 0604. This category includes workers (up through the working foreman level) engaged in fabricating, processing, assembling, inspection, receiving, storage, handling, packing, warehousing, shipping (but not delivering), maintenance, repair, janitorial and watchman ser- vices, product development, auxiliary production for plant's own use (e.g., power plant), recordkeeping, and other services closely associated with these production operations at the establishment covered by the report. Supervisory employees above the working foreman level are excluded from this category. Hourly wage a. Under $2.50 per hour b. $2.50 - $3.49 per hour c. $3.50 - $4.49 per hour d. $4.50 or over per hour t>. TOTAL (Should equal 100%) - CENSUS USE ONLY Percent of production and related workers 0609 06 19 100 % ^ Item 9 PERSON TO BE CONTACTED Name of person to contact regarding this report Address (Number and street, city. State) Signature of authorized person ZIP code Telephone Date Page 2